2005-01-07 01:45:51 +00:00
|
|
|
/*-
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
|
|
|
|
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
* are met:
|
|
|
|
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
|
|
|
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
|
|
|
* without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
2001-10-17 10:41:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* @(#)if.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 1/9/95
|
1999-08-28 01:08:13 +00:00
|
|
|
* $FreeBSD$
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
1997-12-16 17:40:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_compat.h"
|
1999-12-07 17:39:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_inet6.h"
|
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_inet.h"
|
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_mac.h"
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_carp.h"
|
1997-12-16 17:40:42 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/conf.h>
|
1997-09-02 01:19:47 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/malloc.h>
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sbuf.h>
|
2001-10-11 18:39:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/bus.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/systm.h>
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/priv.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/proc.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/socket.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/socketvar.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/protosw.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/kernel.h>
|
1997-03-24 11:33:46 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sockio.h>
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/syslog.h>
|
1995-12-20 21:53:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/taskqueue.h>
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/domain.h>
|
2001-02-21 06:39:57 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/jail.h>
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/vimage.h>
|
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <machine/stdarg.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/if.h>
|
Major overhaul of pseudo-interface cloning. Highlights include:
- Split the code out into if_clone.[ch].
- Locked struct if_clone. [1]
- Add a per-cloner match function rather then simply matching names of
the form <name><unit> and <name>.
- Use the match function to allow creation of <interface>.<tag>
vlan interfaces. The old way is preserved unchanged!
- Also the match function to allow creation of stf(4) interfaces named
stf0, stf, or 6to4. This is the only major user visible change in
that "ifconfig stf" creates the interface stf rather then stf0 and
does not print "stf0" to stdout.
- Allow destroy functions to fail so they can refuse to delete
interfaces. Currently, we forbid the deletion of interfaces which
were created in the init function, particularly lo0, pflog0, and
pfsync0. In the case of lo0 this was a panic implementation so it
does not count as a user visiable change. :-)
- Since most interfaces do not need the new functionality, an family of
wrapper functions, ifc_simple_*(), were created to wrap old style
cloner functions.
- The IF_CLONE_INITIALIZER macro is replaced with a new incompatible
IFC_CLONE_INITIALIZER and ifc_simple consumers use IFC_SIMPLE_DECLARE
instead.
Submitted by: Maurycy Pawlowski-Wieronski <maurycy at fouk.org> [1]
Reviewed by: andre, mlaier
Discussed on: net
2004-06-22 20:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_clone.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_dl.h>
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_types.h>
|
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_var.h>
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/radix.h>
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/route.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*XXX*/
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in_var.h>
|
2000-02-01 15:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
2000-07-16 01:46:42 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <netinet6/in6_var.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet6/in6_ifattach.h>
|
2000-02-01 15:49:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2002-02-26 01:11:08 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/if_ether.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/ip_carp.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-10-22 11:52:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <security/mac/mac_framework.h>
|
|
|
|
|
2005-03-12 12:58:03 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_net, PF_LINK, link, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Link layers");
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_net_link, 0, generic, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Generic link-management");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Log link state change events */
|
|
|
|
static int log_link_state_change = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_net_link, OID_AUTO, log_link_state_change, CTLFLAG_RW,
|
|
|
|
&log_link_state_change, 0,
|
|
|
|
"log interface link state change events");
|
|
|
|
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
void (*bstp_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
|
2005-01-08 12:42:03 +00:00
|
|
|
void (*ng_ether_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
|
2007-04-17 00:35:11 +00:00
|
|
|
void (*lagg_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
|
2005-01-08 12:42:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-06-15 01:45:19 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mbuf *(*tbr_dequeue_ptr)(struct ifaltq *, int) = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: Style; these should be sorted alphabetically, and unprototyped
|
|
|
|
* static functions should be prototyped. Currently they are sorted by
|
|
|
|
* declaration order.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_attachdomain(void *);
|
|
|
|
static void if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static int ifconf(u_long, caddr_t);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *);
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_grow(void);
|
|
|
|
static void if_init(void *);
|
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_qflush(struct ifaltq *);
|
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_route(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam);
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
static int if_setflag(struct ifnet *, int, int, int *, int);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_slowtimo(void *);
|
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_unroute(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam);
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
static void link_rtrequest(int, struct rtentry *, struct rt_addrinfo *);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static int if_rtdel(struct radix_node *, void *);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
static int ifhwioctl(u_long, struct ifnet *, caddr_t, struct thread *);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
static int if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *, struct ifmultiaddr *, int);
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static void if_start_deferred(void *context, int pending);
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
static void do_link_state_change(void *, int);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
static int if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *, struct ifnet *);
|
|
|
|
static int if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *);
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: declare here to avoid to include many inet6 related files..
|
|
|
|
* should be more generalized?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-03-19 21:54:18 +00:00
|
|
|
extern void nd6_setmtu(struct ifnet *);
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
int if_index = 0;
|
|
|
|
int ifqmaxlen = IFQ_MAXLEN;
|
|
|
|
struct ifnethead ifnet; /* depend on static init XXX */
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifgrouphead ifg_head;
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mtx ifnet_lock;
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
static if_com_alloc_t *if_com_alloc[256];
|
|
|
|
static if_com_free_t *if_com_free[256];
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static int if_indexlim = 8;
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct knlist ifklist;
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Table of ifnet/cdev by index. Locked with ifnet_lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static struct ifindex_entry *ifindex_table = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
static void filt_netdetach(struct knote *kn);
|
|
|
|
static int filt_netdev(struct knote *kn, long hint);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct filterops netdev_filtops =
|
|
|
|
{ 1, NULL, filt_netdetach, filt_netdev };
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* System initialization
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-16 10:58:09 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSINIT(interfaces, SI_SUB_INIT_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, if_init, NULL);
|
2008-05-17 03:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSINIT(interface_check, SI_SUB_PROTO_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, if_slowtimo, NULL);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFNET, "ifnet", "interface internals");
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFADDR, "ifaddr", "interface address");
|
|
|
|
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFMADDR, "ether_multi", "link-level multicast address");
|
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *
|
|
|
|
ifnet_byindex(u_short idx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp = V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet;
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-08-20 05:00:18 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ifnet_setbyindex(u_short idx, struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT();
|
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet = ifp;
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
|
|
|
ifaddr_byindex(u_short idx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
|
|
|
ifa = ifnet_byindex(idx)->if_addr;
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct cdev *
|
|
|
|
ifdev_byindex(u_short idx)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
struct cdev *cdev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
cdev = V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_dev;
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (cdev);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
ifdev_setbyindex(u_short idx, struct cdev *cdev)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_dev = cdev;
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
static d_open_t netopen;
|
|
|
|
static d_close_t netclose;
|
|
|
|
static d_ioctl_t netioctl;
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
static d_kqfilter_t netkqfilter;
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct cdevsw net_cdevsw = {
|
2004-02-21 21:10:55 +00:00
|
|
|
.d_version = D_VERSION,
|
|
|
|
.d_flags = D_NEEDGIANT,
|
2003-03-03 12:15:54 +00:00
|
|
|
.d_open = netopen,
|
|
|
|
.d_close = netclose,
|
|
|
|
.d_ioctl = netioctl,
|
|
|
|
.d_name = "net",
|
|
|
|
.d_kqfilter = netkqfilter,
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
|
|
|
netopen(struct cdev *dev, int flag, int mode, struct thread *td)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
|
|
|
netclose(struct cdev *dev, int flags, int fmt, struct thread *td)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
|
|
|
netioctl(struct cdev *dev, u_long cmd, caddr_t data, int flag, struct thread *td)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
int error, idx;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* only support interface specific ioctls */
|
|
|
|
if (IOCGROUP(cmd) != 'i')
|
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2008-09-27 08:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
idx = dev2unit(dev);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (idx == 0) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* special network device, not interface.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF)
|
|
|
|
return (ifconf(cmd, data)); /* XXX remove cmd */
|
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __amd64__
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32)
|
|
|
|
return (ifconf(cmd, data)); /* XXX remove cmd */
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp = ifnet_byindex(idx);
|
|
|
|
if (ifp == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (ENXIO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = ifhwioctl(cmd, ifp, data, td);
|
|
|
|
if (error == ENOIOCTL)
|
|
|
|
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
|
|
|
netkqfilter(struct cdev *dev, struct knote *kn)
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
struct knlist *klist;
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (kn->kn_filter) {
|
|
|
|
case EVFILT_NETDEV:
|
|
|
|
kn->kn_fop = &netdev_filtops;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2005-09-12 19:26:03 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-27 08:51:18 +00:00
|
|
|
idx = dev2unit(dev);
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (idx == 0) {
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
klist = &V_ifklist;
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
ifp = ifnet_byindex(idx);
|
|
|
|
if (ifp == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
klist = &ifp->if_klist;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kn->kn_hook = (caddr_t)klist;
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
knlist_add(klist, kn, 0);
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
filt_netdetach(struct knote *kn)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
struct knlist *klist = (struct knlist *)kn->kn_hook;
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
knlist_remove(klist, kn, 0);
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
filt_netdev(struct knote *kn, long hint)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
struct knlist *klist = (struct knlist *)kn->kn_hook;
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Currently NOTE_EXIT is abused to indicate device detach.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (hint == NOTE_EXIT) {
|
|
|
|
kn->kn_data = NOTE_LINKINV;
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
kn->kn_flags |= (EV_EOF | EV_ONESHOT);
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
knlist_remove_inevent(klist, kn);
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (hint != 0)
|
|
|
|
kn->kn_data = hint; /* current status */
|
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (kn->kn_sfflags & hint)
|
|
|
|
kn->kn_fflags |= hint;
|
|
|
|
return (kn->kn_fflags != 0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Network interface utility routines.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Routines with ifa_ifwith* names take sockaddr *'s as
|
|
|
|
* parameters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-08-28 09:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED*/
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_init(void *dummy __unused)
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_LOCK_INIT();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifnet);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifg_head);
|
|
|
|
knlist_init(&V_ifklist, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if_grow(); /* create initial table */
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ifdev_setbyindex(0, make_dev(&net_cdevsw, 0, UID_ROOT, GID_WHEEL,
|
|
|
|
0600, "network"));
|
Major overhaul of pseudo-interface cloning. Highlights include:
- Split the code out into if_clone.[ch].
- Locked struct if_clone. [1]
- Add a per-cloner match function rather then simply matching names of
the form <name><unit> and <name>.
- Use the match function to allow creation of <interface>.<tag>
vlan interfaces. The old way is preserved unchanged!
- Also the match function to allow creation of stf(4) interfaces named
stf0, stf, or 6to4. This is the only major user visible change in
that "ifconfig stf" creates the interface stf rather then stf0 and
does not print "stf0" to stdout.
- Allow destroy functions to fail so they can refuse to delete
interfaces. Currently, we forbid the deletion of interfaces which
were created in the init function, particularly lo0, pflog0, and
pfsync0. In the case of lo0 this was a panic implementation so it
does not count as a user visiable change. :-)
- Since most interfaces do not need the new functionality, an family of
wrapper functions, ifc_simple_*(), were created to wrap old style
cloner functions.
- The IF_CLONE_INITIALIZER macro is replaced with a new incompatible
IFC_CLONE_INITIALIZER and ifc_simple consumers use IFC_SIMPLE_DECLARE
instead.
Submitted by: Maurycy Pawlowski-Wieronski <maurycy at fouk.org> [1]
Reviewed by: andre, mlaier
Discussed on: net
2004-06-22 20:13:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if_clone_init();
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
if_grow(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int n;
|
|
|
|
struct ifindex_entry *e;
|
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_if_indexlim <<= 1;
|
|
|
|
n = V_if_indexlim * sizeof(*e);
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
e = malloc(n, M_IFNET, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (V_ifindex_table != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
memcpy((caddr_t)e, (caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, n/2);
|
|
|
|
free((caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, M_IFNET);
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
V_ifindex_table = e;
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Allocate a struct ifnet and an index for an interface. A layer 2
|
|
|
|
* common structure will also be allocated if an allocation routine is
|
|
|
|
* registered for the passed type.
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet*
|
|
|
|
if_alloc(u_char type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp = malloc(sizeof(struct ifnet), M_IFNET, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO);
|
|
|
|
|
2005-08-18 18:36:40 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Try to find an empty slot below if_index. If we fail, take
|
|
|
|
* the next slot.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: should be locked!
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
for (ifp->if_index = 1; ifp->if_index <= V_if_index; ifp->if_index++) {
|
2005-08-18 18:36:40 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Catch if_index overflow. */
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_index < 1) {
|
|
|
|
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_index > V_if_index)
|
|
|
|
V_if_index = ifp->if_index;
|
|
|
|
if (V_if_index >= V_if_indexlim)
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if_grow();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_type = type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (if_com_alloc[type] != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_l2com = if_com_alloc[type](type, ifp);
|
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_l2com == NULL) {
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
|
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
|
|
|
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, ifp);
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
2005-08-04 14:39:47 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK_INIT(ifp);
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Free the struct ifnet, the associated index, and the layer 2 common
|
|
|
|
* structure if needed. All the work is done in if_free_type().
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Do not add code to this function! Add it to if_free_type().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_free(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2005-08-06 18:42:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if_free_type(ifp, ifp->if_type);
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Do the actual work of freeing a struct ifnet, associated index, and
|
|
|
|
* layer 2 common structure. This version should only be called by
|
|
|
|
* intefaces that switch their type after calling if_alloc().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_free_type(struct ifnet *ifp, u_char type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet); /* ifp->if_vnet can be NULL here ! */
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index)) {
|
|
|
|
if_printf(ifp, "%s: value was not if_alloced, skipping\n",
|
|
|
|
__func__);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
|
|
|
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, NULL);
|
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: should be locked with if_findindex() */
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
while (V_if_index > 0 && ifnet_byindex(V_if_index) == NULL)
|
|
|
|
V_if_index--;
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (if_com_free[type] != NULL)
|
|
|
|
if_com_free[type](ifp->if_l2com, type);
|
|
|
|
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK_DESTROY(ifp);
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Perform generic interface initalization tasks and attach the interface
|
|
|
|
* to the list of "active" interfaces.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX:
|
|
|
|
* - The decision to return void and thus require this function to
|
|
|
|
* succeed is questionable.
|
|
|
|
* - We do more initialization here then is probably a good idea.
|
|
|
|
* Some of this should probably move to if_alloc().
|
|
|
|
* - We should probably do more sanity checking. For instance we don't
|
|
|
|
* do anything to insure if_xname is unique or non-empty.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attach(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
unsigned socksize, ifasize;
|
1996-01-24 21:12:23 +00:00
|
|
|
int namelen, masklen;
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_index == 0 || ifp != ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index))
|
|
|
|
panic ("%s: BUG: if_attach called without if_alloc'd input()\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
TASK_INIT(&ifp->if_starttask, 0, if_start_deferred, ifp);
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
TASK_INIT(&ifp->if_linktask, 0, do_link_state_change, ifp);
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_LOCK_INIT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_afdata_initialized = 0;
|
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1996-12-13 21:29:07 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_addrhead);
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_prefixhead);
|
2001-02-06 10:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_multiaddrs);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_groups);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_addgroup(ifp, IFG_ALL);
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-01 16:28:32 +00:00
|
|
|
knlist_init(&ifp->if_klist, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2005-02-25 19:46:41 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_data.ifi_epoch = time_uptime;
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_data.ifi_datalen = sizeof(struct if_data);
|
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MAC
|
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
|
|
|
mac_ifnet_init(ifp);
|
|
|
|
mac_ifnet_create(ifp);
|
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ifdev_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, make_dev(&net_cdevsw,
|
2008-09-26 14:19:52 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_index, UID_ROOT, GID_WHEEL, 0600, "%s/%s",
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
net_cdevsw.d_name, ifp->if_xname));
|
2001-10-11 05:54:39 +00:00
|
|
|
make_dev_alias(ifdev_byindex(ifp->if_index), "%s%d",
|
|
|
|
net_cdevsw.d_name, ifp->if_index);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(&ifp->if_snd.ifq_mtx, ifp->if_xname, "if send queue", MTX_DEF);
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* create a Link Level name for this device
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
namelen = strlen(ifp->if_xname);
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Always save enough space for any possiable name so we can do
|
|
|
|
* a rename in place later.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
masklen = offsetof(struct sockaddr_dl, sdl_data[0]) + IFNAMSIZ;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
socksize = masklen + ifp->if_addrlen;
|
|
|
|
if (socksize < sizeof(*sdl))
|
|
|
|
socksize = sizeof(*sdl);
|
2004-02-02 21:55:34 +00:00
|
|
|
socksize = roundup2(socksize, sizeof(long));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ifasize = sizeof(*ifa) + 2 * socksize;
|
2004-01-27 19:35:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = malloc(ifasize, M_IFADDR, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
|
|
|
|
IFA_LOCK_INIT(ifa);
|
|
|
|
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(ifa + 1);
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_len = socksize;
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_family = AF_LINK;
|
|
|
|
bcopy(ifp->if_xname, sdl->sdl_data, namelen);
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen;
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_index = ifp->if_index;
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_type = ifp->if_type;
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_addr = ifa;
|
2004-01-27 19:35:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_ifp = ifp;
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest = link_rtrequest;
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_addr = (struct sockaddr *)sdl;
|
|
|
|
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(socksize + (caddr_t)sdl);
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_netmask = (struct sockaddr *)sdl;
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_len = masklen;
|
|
|
|
while (namelen != 0)
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff;
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_refcnt = 1;
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
|
2004-11-23 23:31:33 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_broadcastaddr = NULL; /* reliably crash if used uninitialized */
|
2008-05-17 03:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: why do we warn about this? We're correcting it and most
|
|
|
|
* drivers just set the value the way we do.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen == 0) {
|
|
|
|
if_printf(ifp, "XXX: driver didn't set ifq_maxlen\n");
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen = ifqmaxlen;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.altq_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.altq_disc = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.altq_flags &= ALTQF_CANTCHANGE;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.altq_tbr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_snd.altq_ifp = ifp;
|
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link);
|
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (domain_init_status >= 2)
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attachdomain1(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp);
|
2006-06-01 00:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "ATTACH", NULL);
|
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Announce the interface. */
|
|
|
|
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL);
|
2006-11-30 15:02:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_watchdog != NULL)
|
2008-03-07 16:00:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if_printf(ifp,
|
|
|
|
"WARNING: using obsoleted if_watchdog interface\n");
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_NEEDSGIANT)
|
|
|
|
if_printf(ifp,
|
|
|
|
"WARNING: using obsoleted IFF_NEEDSGIANT flag\n");
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attachdomain(void *dummy)
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
int s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = splnet();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attachdomain1(ifp);
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSINIT(domainifattach, SI_SUB_PROTO_IFATTACHDOMAIN, SI_ORDER_SECOND,
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attachdomain, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct domain *dp;
|
|
|
|
int s;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
s = splnet();
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we
|
|
|
|
* cannot lock ifp->if_afdata initialization, entirely.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (IF_AFDATA_TRYLOCK(ifp) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_afdata_initialized >= domain_init_status) {
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
2004-11-23 23:31:33 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("if_attachdomain called more than once on %s\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname);
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_afdata_initialized = domain_init_status;
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
/* address family dependent data region */
|
|
|
|
bzero(ifp->if_afdata, sizeof(ifp->if_afdata));
|
|
|
|
for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (dp->dom_ifattach)
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family] =
|
|
|
|
(*dp->dom_ifattach)(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove any unicast or broadcast network addresses from an interface.
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_purgeaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa, *next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link, next) {
|
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_LINK)
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: Ugly!! ad hoc just for INET */
|
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaliasreq ifr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero(&ifr, sizeof(ifr));
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifra_addr = *ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr)
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifra_broadaddr = *ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
|
|
|
|
if (in_control(NULL, SIOCDIFADDR, (caddr_t)&ifr, ifp,
|
|
|
|
NULL) == 0)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* INET */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET6) {
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
in6_purgeaddr(ifa);
|
|
|
|
/* ifp_addrhead is already updated */
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* INET6 */
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
|
|
|
|
IFAFREE(ifa);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove any multicast network addresses from an interface.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-25 21:23:32 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_purgemaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link, next)
|
|
|
|
if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 1);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Detach an interface, removing it from the
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
* list of "active" interfaces.
|
2005-09-18 17:36:28 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXXRW: There are some significant questions about event ordering, and
|
|
|
|
* how to prevent things from starting to use the interface during detach.
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_detach(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
|
|
|
|
int s;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
struct domain *dp;
|
2004-08-06 09:08:33 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *iter;
|
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
int found = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(iter, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
if (iter == ifp) {
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link);
|
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
|
|
|
found = 1;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
if (!found)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove/wait for pending events.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
taskqueue_drain(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask);
|
|
|
|
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove routes and flush queues.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
s = splnet();
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if_down(ifp);
|
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef ALTQ
|
|
|
|
if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd))
|
|
|
|
altq_disable(&ifp->if_snd);
|
|
|
|
if (ALTQ_IS_ATTACHED(&ifp->if_snd))
|
|
|
|
altq_detach(&ifp->if_snd);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if_purgeaddrs(ifp);
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-09-18 17:36:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
|
|
|
in_ifdetach(ifp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove all IPv6 kernel structs related to ifp. This should be done
|
|
|
|
* before removing routing entries below, since IPv6 interface direct
|
|
|
|
* routes are expected to be removed by the IPv6-specific kernel API.
|
|
|
|
* Otherwise, the kernel will detect some inconsistency and bark it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
in6_ifdetach(ifp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_purgemaddrs(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-04-19 17:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
* Remove link ifaddr pointer and maybe decrement if_index.
|
2004-04-19 17:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
* Clean up all addresses.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_addr = NULL;
|
2004-04-19 17:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
destroy_dev(ifdev_byindex(ifp->if_index));
|
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously
unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a
couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of
IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system.
- Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(),
ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions
now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table.
- Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT().
- Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(),
which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet
lock.
- Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read
ifindex_table.
- Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification.
Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table,
and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further
refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table
resizing, is still required.
In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an
rwlock in order to reduce contention.
Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
|
|
|
ifdev_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, NULL);
|
2004-04-19 17:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-16 13:38:29 +00:00
|
|
|
/* We can now free link ifaddr. */
|
2004-08-06 09:08:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ifp->if_addrhead)) {
|
|
|
|
ifa = TAILQ_FIRST(&ifp->if_addrhead);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
|
|
|
|
IFAFREE(ifa);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-16 13:38:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Delete all remaining routes using this interface
|
|
|
|
* Unfortuneatly the only way to do this is to slog through
|
|
|
|
* the entire routing table looking for routes which point
|
|
|
|
* to this interface...oh well...
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
for (j = 0; j < rt_numfibs; j++) {
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((rnh = V_rt_tables[j][i]) == NULL)
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2002-12-24 03:03:39 +00:00
|
|
|
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, if_rtdel, ifp);
|
2002-12-24 03:03:39 +00:00
|
|
|
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Announce that the interface is gone. */
|
|
|
|
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE);
|
2005-07-14 20:26:43 +00:00
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp);
|
2006-06-01 00:41:07 +00:00
|
|
|
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "DETACH", NULL);
|
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_LOCK(ifp);
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (dp->dom_ifdetach && ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family])
|
|
|
|
(*dp->dom_ifdetach)(ifp,
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family]);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MAC
|
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
|
|
|
mac_ifnet_destroy(ifp);
|
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* MAC */
|
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
|
|
|
KNOTE_UNLOCKED(&ifp->if_klist, NOTE_EXIT);
|
|
|
|
knlist_clear(&ifp->if_klist, 0);
|
|
|
|
knlist_destroy(&ifp->if_klist);
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_destroy(&ifp->if_snd.ifq_mtx);
|
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_AFDATA_DESTROY(ifp);
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Add a group to an interface
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_addgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_group *ifg = NULL;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (groupname[0] && groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] >= '0' &&
|
|
|
|
groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] <= '9')
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname)) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (EEXIST);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((ifgl = (struct ifg_list *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_list), M_TEMP,
|
|
|
|
M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((ifgm = (struct ifg_member *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_member),
|
|
|
|
M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next)
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, groupname))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifg == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
if ((ifg = (struct ifg_group *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_group),
|
|
|
|
M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
free(ifgm, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ENOMEM);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
strlcpy(ifg->ifg_group, groupname, sizeof(ifg->ifg_group));
|
|
|
|
ifg->ifg_refcnt = 0;
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INIT(&ifg->ifg_members);
|
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_attach_event, ifg);
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifg_head, ifg, ifg_next);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifg->ifg_refcnt++;
|
|
|
|
ifgl->ifgl_group = ifg;
|
|
|
|
ifgm->ifgm_ifp = ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifg->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Remove a group from an interface
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_delgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WLOCK();
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (ifgl == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm_next)
|
|
|
|
if (ifgm->ifgm_ifp == ifp)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifgm != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next);
|
|
|
|
free(ifgm, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (--ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_refcnt == 0) {
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifg_head, ifgl->ifgl_group, ifg_next);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_detach_event, ifgl->ifgl_group);
|
|
|
|
free(ifgl->ifgl_group, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Stores all groups from an interface in memory pointed
|
|
|
|
* to by data
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *data, struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int len, error;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) {
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
|
|
|
|
ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(struct ifg_req);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = ifgr->ifgr_len;
|
|
|
|
ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups;
|
|
|
|
/* XXX: wire */
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) {
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq);
|
|
|
|
strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_group, ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_group));
|
|
|
|
if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) {
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
len -= sizeof(ifgrq);
|
|
|
|
ifgp++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Stores all members of a group in memory pointed to by data
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *data)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_group *ifg;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
|
|
|
|
struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp;
|
|
|
|
int len, error;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next)
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, ifgr->ifgr_name))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (ifg == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) {
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next)
|
|
|
|
ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(ifgrq);
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
len = ifgr->ifgr_len;
|
|
|
|
ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups;
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next) {
|
|
|
|
if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq);
|
|
|
|
strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_member, ifgm->ifgm_ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_member));
|
|
|
|
if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) {
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
len -= sizeof(ifgrq);
|
|
|
|
ifgp++;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Delete Routes for a Network Interface
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
* Called for each routing entry via the rnh->rnh_walktree() call above
|
|
|
|
* to delete all route entries referencing a detaching network interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Arguments:
|
|
|
|
* rn pointer to node in the routing table
|
|
|
|
* arg argument passed to rnh->rnh_walktree() - detaching interface
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Returns:
|
|
|
|
* 0 successful
|
|
|
|
* errno failed - reason indicated
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_rtdel(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = (struct rtentry *)rn;
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp = arg;
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp == ifp) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Protect (sorta) against walktree recursion problems
|
|
|
|
* with cloned routes
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
err = rtrequest_fib(RTM_DELETE, rt_key(rt), rt->rt_gateway,
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_mask(rt), rt->rt_flags,
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
(struct rtentry **) NULL, rt->rt_fibnum);
|
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_WARNING, "if_rtdel: error %d\n", err);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-22 00:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: Because sockaddr_dl has deeper structure than the sockaddr
|
|
|
|
* structs used to represent other address families, it is necessary
|
|
|
|
* to perform a different comparison.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define sa_equal(a1, a2) \
|
|
|
|
(bcmp((a1), (a2), ((a1))->sa_len) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define sa_dl_equal(a1, a2) \
|
|
|
|
((((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_len == \
|
|
|
|
((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2))->sdl_len) && \
|
|
|
|
(bcmp(LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1)), \
|
|
|
|
LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2)), \
|
|
|
|
((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_alen) == 0))
|
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Locate an interface based on a complete address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_ifwithaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr))
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
/* IP6 doesn't have broadcast */
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) &&
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_broadaddr &&
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 &&
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr))
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ifa = NULL;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Locate an interface based on the broadcast address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
|
|
|
ifa_ifwithbroadaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) &&
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_broadaddr &&
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 &&
|
|
|
|
sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr))
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ifa = NULL;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Locate the point to point interface with a given destination address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_ifwithdstaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) == 0)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2008-08-24 11:03:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL &&
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr))
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = NULL;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Find an interface on a specific network. If many, choice
|
|
|
|
* is most specific found.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa_ifwithnet(struct sockaddr *addr)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = (struct ifaddr *) 0;
|
|
|
|
u_int af = addr->sa_family;
|
|
|
|
char *addr_data = addr->sa_data, *cplim;
|
|
|
|
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* AF_LINK addresses can be looked up directly by their index number,
|
|
|
|
* so do that if we can.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (af == AF_LINK) {
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)addr;
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sdl->sdl_index && sdl->sdl_index <= V_if_index)
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifaddr_byindex(sdl->sdl_index));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* Scan though each interface, looking for ones that have
|
|
|
|
* addresses in this address family.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
|
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
char *cp, *cp2, *cp3;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-06-28 05:31:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af)
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
next: continue;
|
2002-04-01 16:17:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (af == AF_INET && ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) {
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* This is a bit broken as it doesn't
|
|
|
|
* take into account that the remote end may
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* be a single node in the network we are
|
|
|
|
* looking for.
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* The trouble is that we don't know the
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* netmask for the remote end.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-08-24 11:03:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL &&
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr))
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
1995-06-15 00:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
1997-08-28 01:17:12 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* if we have a special address handler,
|
|
|
|
* then use it instead of the generic one.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_claim_addr) {
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((*ifa->ifa_claim_addr)(ifa, addr))
|
|
|
|
goto done;
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1997-08-28 01:17:12 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Scan all the bits in the ifa's address.
|
|
|
|
* If a bit dissagrees with what we are
|
|
|
|
* looking for, mask it with the netmask
|
|
|
|
* to see if it really matters.
|
|
|
|
* (A byte at a time)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-06-28 05:31:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
cp = addr_data;
|
|
|
|
cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data;
|
|
|
|
cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data;
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len
|
|
|
|
+ (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
while (cp3 < cplim)
|
|
|
|
if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3++)
|
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
|
|
|
goto next; /* next address! */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the netmask of what we just found
|
|
|
|
* is more specific than what we had before
|
|
|
|
* (if we had one) then remember the new one
|
|
|
|
* before continuing to search
|
|
|
|
* for an even better one.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa_maybe == 0 ||
|
|
|
|
rn_refines((caddr_t)ifa->ifa_netmask,
|
|
|
|
(caddr_t)ifa_maybe->ifa_netmask))
|
|
|
|
ifa_maybe = ifa;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_maybe;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Find an interface address specific to an interface best matching
|
|
|
|
* a given address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifaof_ifpforaddr(struct sockaddr *addr, struct ifnet *ifp)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
char *cp, *cp2, *cp3;
|
|
|
|
char *cplim;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = 0;
|
|
|
|
u_int af = addr->sa_family;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (af >= AF_MAX)
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1996-08-07 04:09:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa_maybe == 0)
|
|
|
|
ifa_maybe = ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0) {
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr) ||
|
|
|
|
(ifa->ifa_dstaddr &&
|
|
|
|
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)))
|
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) {
|
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr))
|
2001-09-07 05:39:47 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
1995-06-15 00:19:56 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
cp = addr->sa_data;
|
|
|
|
cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data;
|
|
|
|
cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data;
|
|
|
|
cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len + (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
|
|
|
|
for (; cp3 < cplim; cp3++)
|
|
|
|
if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (cp3 == cplim)
|
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
goto done;
|
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifa_maybe;
|
|
|
|
done:
|
|
|
|
return (ifa);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/route.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Default action when installing a route with a Link Level gateway.
|
|
|
|
* Lookup an appropriate real ifa to point to.
|
|
|
|
* This should be moved to /sys/net/link.c eventually.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
link_rtrequest(int cmd, struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa, *oifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst;
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cmd != RTM_ADD || ((ifa = rt->rt_ifa) == 0) ||
|
|
|
|
((ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp) == 0) || ((dst = rt_key(rt)) == 0))
|
|
|
|
return;
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(dst, ifp);
|
|
|
|
if (ifa) {
|
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
|
|
|
IFAREF(ifa); /* XXX */
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
oifa = rt->rt_ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
IFAFREE(oifa);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_rtrequest && ifa->ifa_rtrequest != link_rtrequest)
|
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(cmd, rt, info);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark an interface down and notify protocols of
|
|
|
|
* the transition.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_unroute(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_unroute: flag != IFF_UP"));
|
|
|
|
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags &= ~flag;
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link)
|
|
|
|
if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family))
|
|
|
|
pfctlinput(PRC_IFDOWN, ifa->ifa_addr);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if_qflush(&ifp->if_snd);
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_carp)
|
|
|
|
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark an interface up and notify protocols of
|
|
|
|
* the transition.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_route(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_route: flag != IFF_UP"));
|
|
|
|
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags |= flag;
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link)
|
|
|
|
if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family))
|
|
|
|
pfctlinput(PRC_IFUP, ifa->ifa_addr);
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_carp)
|
|
|
|
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
|
|
|
in6_if_up(ifp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
void (*vlan_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *, int); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */
|
Merge the //depot/user/yar/vlan branch into CVS. It contains some collective
work by yar, thompsa and myself. The checksum offloading part also involves
work done by Mihail Balikov.
The most important changes:
o Instead of global linked list of all vlan softc use a per-trunk
hash. The size of hash is dynamically adjusted, depending on
number of entries. This changes struct ifnet, replacing counter
of vlans with a pointer to trunk structure. This change is an
improvement for setups with big number of VLANs, several interfaces
and several CPUs. It is a small regression for a setup with a single
VLAN interface.
An alternative to dynamic hash is a per-trunk static array with
4096 entries, which is a compile time option - VLAN_ARRAY. In my
experiments the array is not an improvement, probably because such
a big trunk structure doesn't fit into CPU cache.
o Introduce an UMA zone for VLAN tags. Since drivers depend on it,
the zone is declared in kern_mbuf.c, not in optional vlan(4) driver.
This change is a big improvement for any setup utilizing vlan(4).
o Use rwlock(9) instead of mutex(9) for locking. We are the first
ones to do this! :)
o Some drivers can do hardware VLAN tagging + hardware checksum
offloading. Add an infrastructure for this. Whenever vlan(4) is
attached to a parent or parent configuration is changed, the flags
on vlan(4) interface are updated.
In collaboration with: yar, thompsa
In collaboration with: Mihail Balikov <mihail.balikov interbgc.com>
2006-01-30 13:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
void (*vlan_trunk_cap_p)(struct ifnet *); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */
|
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
* Handle a change in the interface link state. To avoid LORs
|
|
|
|
* between driver lock and upper layer locks, as well as possible
|
|
|
|
* recursions, we post event to taskqueue, and all job
|
|
|
|
* is done in static do_link_state_change().
|
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_link_state_change(struct ifnet *ifp, int link_state)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Return if state hasn't changed. */
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_link_state == link_state)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_link_state = link_state;
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
taskqueue_enqueue(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
do_link_state_change(void *arg, int pending)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp = (struct ifnet *)arg;
|
|
|
|
int link_state = ifp->if_link_state;
|
|
|
|
int link;
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
CURVNET_SET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Notify that the link state has changed. */
|
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
|
|
|
|
if (link_state == LINK_STATE_UP)
|
|
|
|
link = NOTE_LINKUP;
|
|
|
|
else if (link_state == LINK_STATE_DOWN)
|
|
|
|
link = NOTE_LINKDOWN;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
link = NOTE_LINKINV;
|
|
|
|
KNOTE_UNLOCKED(&ifp->if_klist, link);
|
Merge the //depot/user/yar/vlan branch into CVS. It contains some collective
work by yar, thompsa and myself. The checksum offloading part also involves
work done by Mihail Balikov.
The most important changes:
o Instead of global linked list of all vlan softc use a per-trunk
hash. The size of hash is dynamically adjusted, depending on
number of entries. This changes struct ifnet, replacing counter
of vlans with a pointer to trunk structure. This change is an
improvement for setups with big number of VLANs, several interfaces
and several CPUs. It is a small regression for a setup with a single
VLAN interface.
An alternative to dynamic hash is a per-trunk static array with
4096 entries, which is a compile time option - VLAN_ARRAY. In my
experiments the array is not an improvement, probably because such
a big trunk structure doesn't fit into CPU cache.
o Introduce an UMA zone for VLAN tags. Since drivers depend on it,
the zone is declared in kern_mbuf.c, not in optional vlan(4) driver.
This change is a big improvement for any setup utilizing vlan(4).
o Use rwlock(9) instead of mutex(9) for locking. We are the first
ones to do this! :)
o Some drivers can do hardware VLAN tagging + hardware checksum
offloading. Add an infrastructure for this. Whenever vlan(4) is
attached to a parent or parent configuration is changed, the flags
on vlan(4) interface are updated.
In collaboration with: yar, thompsa
In collaboration with: Mihail Balikov <mihail.balikov interbgc.com>
2006-01-30 13:45:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_vlantrunk != NULL)
|
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
|
|
|
(*vlan_link_state_p)(ifp, link);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_type == IFT_ETHER || ifp->if_type == IFT_L2VLAN) &&
|
|
|
|
IFP2AC(ifp)->ac_netgraph != NULL)
|
|
|
|
(*ng_ether_link_state_p)(ifp, link_state);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_carp)
|
|
|
|
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_bridge) {
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(bstp_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_bridge bstp not loaded!"));
|
|
|
|
(*bstp_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-04-17 00:35:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_lagg) {
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(lagg_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_lagg not loaded!"));
|
|
|
|
(*lagg_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state);
|
2007-04-10 00:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-06-06 19:08:11 +00:00
|
|
|
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
(link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "LINK_UP" : "LINK_DOWN", NULL);
|
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (pending > 1)
|
|
|
|
if_printf(ifp, "%d link states coalesced\n", pending);
|
2005-03-12 12:58:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (log_link_state_change)
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_NOTICE, "%s: link state changed to %s\n", ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
(link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "UP" : "DOWN" );
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
CURVNET_RESTORE();
|
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark an interface down and notify protocols of
|
|
|
|
* the transition.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_down(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_unroute(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Mark an interface up and notify protocols of
|
|
|
|
* the transition.
|
|
|
|
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_up(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_route(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Flush an interface queue.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_qflush(struct ifaltq *ifq)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mbuf *m, *n;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-09-01 19:56:47 +00:00
|
|
|
IFQ_LOCK(ifq);
|
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef ALTQ
|
|
|
|
if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq))
|
|
|
|
ALTQ_PURGE(ifq);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
n = ifq->ifq_head;
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
while ((m = n) != 0) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
n = m->m_act;
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ifq->ifq_head = 0;
|
|
|
|
ifq->ifq_tail = 0;
|
|
|
|
ifq->ifq_len = 0;
|
2004-09-01 19:56:47 +00:00
|
|
|
IFQ_UNLOCK(ifq);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Handle interface watchdog timer routines. Called
|
|
|
|
* from softclock, we decrement timers (if set) and
|
|
|
|
* call the appropriate interface routine on expiration.
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXXRW: Note that because timeouts run with Giant, if_watchdog() is called
|
|
|
|
* holding Giant. If we switch to an MPSAFE callout, we likely need to grab
|
|
|
|
* Giant before entering if_watchdog() on an IFF_NEEDSGIANT interface.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_slowtimo(void *arg)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_ITERATOR_DECL(vnet_iter);
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int s = splimp();
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_LIST_RLOCK();
|
|
|
|
VNET_FOREACH(vnet_iter) {
|
|
|
|
CURVNET_SET(vnet_iter);
|
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(vnet_iter);
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_timer == 0 || --ifp->if_timer)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_watchdog)
|
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_watchdog)(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CURVNET_RESTORE();
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
VNET_LIST_RUNLOCK();
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
timeout(if_slowtimo, (void *)0, hz / IFNET_SLOWHZ);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Map interface name to
|
|
|
|
* interface structure pointer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *
|
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
|
|
|
ifunit(const char *name)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
1999-12-13 15:57:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
2001-10-17 18:58:14 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (strncmp(name, ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ) == 0)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
* Hardware specific interface ioctls.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
ifhwioctl(u_long cmd, struct ifnet *ifp, caddr_t data, struct thread *td)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifreq *ifr;
|
1999-06-19 18:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifstat *ifs;
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
int error = 0;
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
int new_flags, temp_flags;
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
size_t namelen, onamelen;
|
|
|
|
char new_name[IFNAMSIZ];
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifr = (struct ifreq *)data;
|
|
|
|
switch (cmd) {
|
2001-10-17 19:40:44 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFINDEX:
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_index = ifp->if_index;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFFLAGS:
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
temp_flags = ifp->if_flags | ifp->if_drv_flags;
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_flags = temp_flags & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_flagshigh = temp_flags >> 16;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFCAP:
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_reqcap = ifp->if_capabilities;
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_curcap = ifp->if_capenable;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MAC
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFMAC:
|
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_get(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp);
|
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFMETRIC:
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_metric = ifp->if_metric;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFMTU:
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_mtu = ifp->if_mtu;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFPHYS:
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_phys = ifp->if_physical;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFFLAGS:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFFLAGS);
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Currently, no driver owned flags pass the IFF_CANTCHANGE
|
|
|
|
* check, so we don't need special handling here yet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
new_flags = (ifr->ifr_flags & 0xffff) |
|
|
|
|
(ifr->ifr_flagshigh << 16);
|
1999-06-06 09:17:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_SMART) {
|
|
|
|
/* Smart drivers twiddle their own routes */
|
1999-06-06 09:28:01 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP &&
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
(new_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int s = splimp();
|
|
|
|
if_down(ifp);
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
} else if (new_flags & IFF_UP &&
|
1999-06-06 09:17:51 +00:00
|
|
|
(ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int s = splimp();
|
|
|
|
if_up(ifp);
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-10-03 01:47:43 +00:00
|
|
|
/* See if permanently promiscuous mode bit is about to flip */
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags ^ new_flags) & IFF_PPROMISC) {
|
|
|
|
if (new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC)
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_PROMISC;
|
|
|
|
else if (ifp->if_pcount == 0)
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_PROMISC;
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: permanently promiscuous mode %s\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
(new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled");
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags = (ifp->if_flags & IFF_CANTCHANGE) |
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
(new_flags &~ IFF_CANTCHANGE);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl) {
|
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFCAP:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFCAP);
|
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2004-02-21 12:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifr->ifr_reqcap & ~ifp->if_capabilities)
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2004-02-21 12:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2004-02-21 12:48:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error == 0)
|
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef MAC
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFMAC:
|
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_set(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp);
|
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFNAME:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFNAME);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
error = copyinstr(ifr->ifr_data, new_name, IFNAMSIZ, NULL);
|
2004-03-13 02:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error != 0)
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2004-03-13 02:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (new_name[0] == '\0')
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifunit(new_name) != NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EEXIST);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Announce the departure of the interface. */
|
|
|
|
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE);
|
2005-07-14 20:26:43 +00:00
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp);
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-09-18 05:02:08 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: changing name to '%s'\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname, new_name);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, new_name, sizeof(ifp->if_xname));
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifp->if_addr;
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
IFA_LOCK(ifa);
|
|
|
|
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
namelen = strlen(new_name);
|
|
|
|
onamelen = sdl->sdl_nlen;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Move the address if needed. This is safe because we
|
|
|
|
* allocate space for a name of length IFNAMSIZ when we
|
|
|
|
* create this in if_attach().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (namelen != onamelen) {
|
|
|
|
bcopy(sdl->sdl_data + onamelen,
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_data + namelen, sdl->sdl_alen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bcopy(new_name, sdl->sdl_data, namelen);
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen;
|
|
|
|
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
|
|
|
|
bzero(sdl->sdl_data, onamelen);
|
|
|
|
while (namelen != 0)
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff;
|
|
|
|
IFA_UNLOCK(ifa);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp);
|
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Announce the return of the interface. */
|
|
|
|
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFMETRIC:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMETRIC);
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_metric = ifr->ifr_metric;
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFPHYS:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFPHYS);
|
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error == 0)
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFMTU:
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
u_long oldmtu = ifp->if_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMTU);
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1999-08-06 13:53:03 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifr->ifr_mtu < IF_MINMTU || ifr->ifr_mtu > IF_MAXMTU)
|
1994-08-08 10:58:30 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2000-01-24 08:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error == 0) {
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2000-01-24 08:53:39 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the link MTU changed, do network layer specific procedure.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_mtu != oldmtu) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
|
|
|
nd6_setmtu(ifp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCADDMULTI:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCDELMULTI:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI)
|
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDMULTI);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELMULTI);
|
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't allow group membership on non-multicast interfaces. */
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_MULTICAST) == 0)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't let users screw up protocols' entries. */
|
|
|
|
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family != AF_LINK)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI) {
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Userland is only permitted to join groups once
|
|
|
|
* via the if_addmulti() KPI, because it cannot hold
|
|
|
|
* struct ifmultiaddr * between calls. It may also
|
|
|
|
* lose a race while we check if the membership
|
|
|
|
* already exists.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
if (ifma != NULL)
|
|
|
|
error = EADDRINUSE;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error = if_addmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr, &ifma);
|
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
error = if_delmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (error == 0)
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-04 23:16:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFPHYADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCDIFPHYADDR:
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFPHYADDR_IN6:
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSLIFPHYADDR:
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFMEDIA:
|
1997-10-07 07:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFGENERIC:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_HWIOCTL);
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error == 0)
|
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
|
|
|
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-06-19 18:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFSTATUS:
|
|
|
|
ifs = (struct ifstat *)data;
|
|
|
|
ifs->ascii[0] = '\0';
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFPSRCADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFPDSTADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGLIFPHYADDR:
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFMEDIA:
|
1997-10-07 07:40:35 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFGENERIC:
|
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-06-16 20:14:43 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFLLADDR:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETLLADDR);
|
2000-06-16 20:14:43 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = if_setlladdr(ifp,
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_data, ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len);
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCAIFGROUP:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDIFGROUP);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
if ((error = if_addgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group)))
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFGROUP:
|
|
|
|
if ((error = if_getgroup((struct ifgroupreq *)ifr, ifp)))
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SIOCDIFGROUP:
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELIFGROUP);
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
if ((error = if_delgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group)))
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
default:
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ENOIOCTL;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Interface ioctls.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifioctl(struct socket *so, u_long cmd, caddr_t data, struct thread *td)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifreq *ifr;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
int oif_flags;
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cmd) {
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFCONF:
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFCONF:
|
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __amd64__
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFCONF32:
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ifconf(cmd, data));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ifr = (struct ifreq *)data;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cmd) {
|
|
|
|
case SIOCIFCREATE:
|
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCIFCREATE2:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFCREATE);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
return (if_clone_create(ifr->ifr_name, sizeof(ifr->ifr_name),
|
|
|
|
cmd == SIOCIFCREATE2 ? ifr->ifr_data : NULL));
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCIFDESTROY:
|
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
|
|
|
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFDESTROY);
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
|
|
|
return if_clone_destroy(ifr->ifr_name);
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCIFGCLONERS:
|
|
|
|
return (if_clone_list((struct if_clonereq *)data));
|
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
case SIOCGIFGMEMB:
|
|
|
|
return (if_getgroupmembers((struct ifgroupreq *)data));
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp = ifunit(ifr->ifr_name);
|
|
|
|
if (ifp == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (ENXIO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = ifhwioctl(cmd, ifp, data, td);
|
|
|
|
if (error != ENOIOCTL)
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
oif_flags = ifp->if_flags;
|
|
|
|
if (so->so_proto == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifndef COMPAT_43
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so, cmd,
|
1996-07-11 16:32:50 +00:00
|
|
|
data,
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp, td));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#else
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int ocmd = cmd;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cmd) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFDSTADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFBRDADDR:
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSIFNETMASK:
|
|
|
|
#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
|
|
|
|
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family == 0 &&
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len < 16) {
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len;
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len == 0)
|
|
|
|
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFADDR:
|
|
|
|
cmd = SIOCGIFADDR;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR:
|
|
|
|
cmd = SIOCGIFDSTADDR;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR:
|
|
|
|
cmd = SIOCGIFBRDADDR;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFNETMASK:
|
|
|
|
cmd = SIOCGIFNETMASK;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1996-07-11 16:32:50 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so,
|
|
|
|
cmd,
|
|
|
|
data,
|
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp, td));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (ocmd) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFADDR:
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR:
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR:
|
|
|
|
case OSIOCGIFNETMASK:
|
|
|
|
*(u_short *)&ifr->ifr_addr = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family;
|
|
|
|
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif /* COMPAT_43 */
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((oif_flags ^ ifp->if_flags) & IFF_UP) {
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET6
|
2002-04-19 04:46:24 +00:00
|
|
|
DELAY(100);/* XXX: temporary workaround for fxp issue*/
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) {
|
|
|
|
int s = splimp();
|
|
|
|
in6_if_up(ifp);
|
|
|
|
splx(s);
|
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
* The code common to handling reference counted flags,
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* e.g., in ifpromisc() and if_allmulti().
|
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* The "pflag" argument can specify a permanent mode flag to check,
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* such as IFF_PPROMISC for promiscuous mode; should be 0 if none.
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Only to be used on stack-owned flags, not driver-owned flags.
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
if_setflag(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int pflag, int *refcount, int onswitch)
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifreq ifr;
|
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
int oldflags, oldcount;
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Sanity checks to catch programming errors */
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT((flag & (IFF_DRV_OACTIVE|IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) == 0,
|
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
("%s: setting driver-owned flag %d", __func__, flag));
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (onswitch)
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(*refcount >= 0,
|
|
|
|
("%s: increment negative refcount %d for flag %d",
|
|
|
|
__func__, *refcount, flag));
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(*refcount > 0,
|
|
|
|
("%s: decrement non-positive refcount %d for flag %d",
|
|
|
|
__func__, *refcount, flag));
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In case this mode is permanent, just touch refcount */
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & pflag) {
|
|
|
|
*refcount += onswitch ? 1 : -1;
|
2002-08-19 15:16:38 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Save ifnet parameters for if_ioctl() may fail */
|
|
|
|
oldcount = *refcount;
|
|
|
|
oldflags = ifp->if_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* See if we aren't the only and touching refcount is enough.
|
|
|
|
* Actually toggle interface flag if we are the first or last.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (onswitch) {
|
|
|
|
if ((*refcount)++)
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags |= flag;
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (--(*refcount))
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags &= ~flag;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Call down the driver since we've changed interface flags */
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
goto recover;
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
|
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
goto recover;
|
|
|
|
/* Notify userland that interface flags have changed */
|
|
|
|
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
recover:
|
|
|
|
/* Recover after driver error */
|
|
|
|
*refcount = oldcount;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags = oldflags;
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set/clear promiscuous mode on interface ifp based on the truth value
|
|
|
|
* of pswitch. The calls are reference counted so that only the first
|
|
|
|
* "on" request actually has an effect, as does the final "off" request.
|
|
|
|
* Results are undefined if the "off" and "on" requests are not matched.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
ifpromisc(struct ifnet *ifp, int pswitch)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
|
|
|
int oldflags = ifp->if_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
error = if_setflag(ifp, IFF_PROMISC, IFF_PPROMISC,
|
|
|
|
&ifp->if_pcount, pswitch);
|
|
|
|
/* If promiscuous mode status has changed, log a message */
|
|
|
|
if (error == 0 && ((ifp->if_flags ^ oldflags) & IFF_PROMISC))
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: promiscuous mode %s\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname,
|
2001-04-27 22:20:22 +00:00
|
|
|
(ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled");
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Return interface configuration
|
|
|
|
* of system. List may be used
|
|
|
|
* in later ioctl's (above) to get
|
|
|
|
* other information.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*ARGSUSED*/
|
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static int
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifconf(u_long cmd, caddr_t data)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifconf *ifc = (struct ifconf *)data;
|
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __amd64__
|
|
|
|
struct ifconf32 *ifc32 = (struct ifconf32 *)data;
|
|
|
|
struct ifconf ifc_swab;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifreq ifr;
|
|
|
|
struct sbuf *sb;
|
|
|
|
int error, full = 0, valid_len, max_len;
|
|
|
|
|
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __amd64__
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32) {
|
|
|
|
ifc_swab.ifc_len = ifc32->ifc_len;
|
|
|
|
ifc_swab.ifc_buf = (caddr_t)(uintptr_t)ifc32->ifc_buf;
|
|
|
|
ifc = &ifc_swab;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Limit initial buffer size to MAXPHYS to avoid DoS from userspace. */
|
|
|
|
max_len = MAXPHYS - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
2005-02-12 17:51:12 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Prevent hostile input from being able to crash the system */
|
|
|
|
if (ifc->ifc_len <= 0)
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
again:
|
|
|
|
if (ifc->ifc_len <= max_len) {
|
|
|
|
max_len = ifc->ifc_len;
|
|
|
|
full = 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
sb = sbuf_new(NULL, NULL, max_len + 1, SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
|
|
|
|
max_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
valid_len = 0;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK(); /* could sleep XXX */
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
int addrs;
|
1995-05-30 08:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-04-15 01:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Zero the ifr_name buffer to make sure we don't
|
|
|
|
* disclose the contents of the stack.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
memset(ifr.ifr_name, 0, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name));
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
if (strlcpy(ifr.ifr_name, ifp->if_xname, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name))
|
2005-09-04 17:32:47 +00:00
|
|
|
>= sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)) {
|
|
|
|
sbuf_delete(sb);
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
return (ENAMETOOLONG);
|
2005-09-04 17:32:47 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-10-05 20:11:28 +00:00
|
|
|
|
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature.
This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process
is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with
additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do.
For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a
prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what
it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers".
Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP
communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own
hostname.
Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is
that each customer can run their own particular version of apache
and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors.
It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail
still takes a little knowledge.
A few notes:
I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them.
The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces.
mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable.
/proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for
jailed processes.
Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison.
There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging.
Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!)
If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into
more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome!
Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome.
Have fun...
Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/
Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
addrs = 0;
|
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *sa = ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-27 18:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if (jailed(curthread->td_ucred) &&
|
|
|
|
prison_if(curthread->td_ucred, sa))
|
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature.
This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process
is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with
additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do.
For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a
prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what
it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers".
Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP
communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own
hostname.
Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is
that each customer can run their own particular version of apache
and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors.
It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail
still takes a little knowledge.
A few notes:
I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them.
The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces.
mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable.
/proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for
jailed processes.
Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison.
There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging.
Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!)
If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into
more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome!
Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome.
Have fun...
Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/
Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
addrs++;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef COMPAT_43
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == OSIOCGIFCONF) {
|
|
|
|
struct osockaddr *osa =
|
|
|
|
(struct osockaddr *)&ifr.ifr_addr;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_addr = *sa;
|
|
|
|
osa->sa_family = sa->sa_family;
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
|
|
|
|
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (sa->sa_len <= sizeof(*sa)) {
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_addr = *sa;
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
|
|
|
|
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr,
|
|
|
|
offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr));
|
|
|
|
max_len += offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr);
|
|
|
|
sbuf_bcat(sb, sa, sa->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
max_len += sa->sa_len;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb))
|
|
|
|
valid_len = sbuf_len(sb);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (addrs == 0) {
|
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature.
This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process
is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with
additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do.
For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a
prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what
it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers".
Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP
communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own
hostname.
Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is
that each customer can run their own particular version of apache
and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors.
It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail
still takes a little knowledge.
A few notes:
I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them.
The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces.
mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable.
/proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for
jailed processes.
Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison.
There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging.
Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!)
If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into
more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome!
Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome.
Have fun...
Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/
Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)&ifr.ifr_addr, sizeof(ifr.ifr_addr));
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
|
|
|
|
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb))
|
|
|
|
valid_len = sbuf_len(sb);
|
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature.
This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process
is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with
additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do.
For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a
prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what
it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers".
Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP
communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own
hostname.
Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is
that each customer can run their own particular version of apache
and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors.
It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail
still takes a little knowledge.
A few notes:
I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them.
The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces.
mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable.
/proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for
jailed processes.
Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison.
There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging.
Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!)
If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into
more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome!
Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome.
Have fun...
Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/
Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we didn't allocate enough space (uncommon), try again. If
|
|
|
|
* we have already allocated as much space as we are allowed,
|
|
|
|
* return what we've got.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (valid_len != max_len && !full) {
|
|
|
|
sbuf_delete(sb);
|
|
|
|
goto again;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifc->ifc_len = valid_len;
|
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef __amd64__
|
|
|
|
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32)
|
|
|
|
ifc32->ifc_len = valid_len;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2004-09-22 12:53:27 +00:00
|
|
|
sbuf_finish(sb);
|
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
|
|
|
error = copyout(sbuf_data(sb), ifc->ifc_req, ifc->ifc_len);
|
|
|
|
sbuf_delete(sb);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return (error);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-02-22 15:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
* Just like ifpromisc(), but for all-multicast-reception mode.
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_allmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, int onswitch)
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
return (if_setflag(ifp, IFF_ALLMULTI, 0, &ifp->if_amcount, onswitch));
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 03:15:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if_findmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link) {
|
2007-02-22 00:14:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sa->sa_family == AF_LINK) {
|
|
|
|
if (sa_dl_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
if (sa_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ifma;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
* Allocate a new ifmultiaddr and initialize based on passed arguments. We
|
|
|
|
* make copies of passed sockaddrs. The ifmultiaddr will not be added to
|
|
|
|
* the ifnet multicast address list here, so the caller must do that and
|
|
|
|
* other setup work (such as notifying the device driver). The reference
|
|
|
|
* count is initialized to 1.
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct ifmultiaddr *
|
|
|
|
if_allocmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa, struct sockaddr *llsa,
|
|
|
|
int mflags)
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dupsa;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
ifma = malloc(sizeof *ifma, M_IFMADDR, mflags |
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
M_ZERO);
|
|
|
|
if (ifma == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dupsa = malloc(sa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dupsa == NULL) {
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bcopy(sa, dupsa, sa->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_addr = dupsa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_ifp = ifp;
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_refcount = 1;
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_protospec = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (llsa == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_lladdr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
return (ifma);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
dupsa = malloc(llsa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (dupsa == NULL) {
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR);
|
|
|
|
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
return (NULL);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bcopy(llsa, dupsa, llsa->sa_len);
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_lladdr = dupsa;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (ifma);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* if_freemulti: free ifmultiaddr structure and possibly attached related
|
|
|
|
* addresses. The caller is responsible for implementing reference
|
|
|
|
* counting, notifying the driver, handling routing messages, and releasing
|
|
|
|
* any dependent link layer state.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_refcount == 0, ("if_freemulti: refcount %d",
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_refcount));
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_protospec == NULL,
|
|
|
|
("if_freemulti: protospec not NULL"));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL)
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
free(ifma->ifma_lladdr, M_IFMADDR);
|
|
|
|
free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR);
|
|
|
|
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Register an additional multicast address with a network interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* - If the address is already present, bump the reference count on the
|
|
|
|
* address and return.
|
|
|
|
* - If the address is not link-layer, look up a link layer address.
|
|
|
|
* - Allocate address structures for one or both addresses, and attach to the
|
|
|
|
* multicast address list on the interface. If automatically adding a link
|
|
|
|
* layer address, the protocol address will own a reference to the link
|
|
|
|
* layer address, to be freed when it is freed.
|
|
|
|
* - Notify the network device driver of an addition to the multicast address
|
|
|
|
* list.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* 'sa' points to caller-owned memory with the desired multicast address.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* 'retifma' will be used to return a pointer to the resulting multicast
|
|
|
|
* address reference, if desired.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_addmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa,
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr **retifma)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, *ll_ifma;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *llsa;
|
|
|
|
int error;
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-07 17:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
* If the address is already present, return a new reference to it;
|
|
|
|
* otherwise, allocate storage and set up a new address.
|
1997-07-07 17:36:06 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa);
|
|
|
|
if (ifma != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_refcount++;
|
|
|
|
if (retifma != NULL)
|
|
|
|
*retifma = ifma;
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
* The address isn't already present; resolve the protocol address
|
|
|
|
* into a link layer address, and then look that up, bump its
|
|
|
|
* refcount or allocate an ifma for that also. If 'llsa' was
|
|
|
|
* returned, we will need to free it later.
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
llsa = NULL;
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma = NULL;
|
2005-07-19 10:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_resolvemulti != NULL) {
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
error = ifp->if_resolvemulti(ifp, &llsa, sa);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
|
|
goto unlock_out;
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Allocate the new address. Don't hook it up yet, as we may also
|
|
|
|
* need to allocate a link layer multicast address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, sa, llsa, M_NOWAIT);
|
|
|
|
if (ifma == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
error = ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
goto free_llsa_out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If a link layer address is found, we'll need to see if it's
|
|
|
|
* already present in the address list, or allocate is as well.
|
|
|
|
* When this block finishes, the link layer address will be on the
|
|
|
|
* list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (llsa != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, llsa);
|
|
|
|
if (ll_ifma == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, llsa, NULL, M_NOWAIT);
|
|
|
|
if (ll_ifma == NULL) {
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
--ifma->ifma_refcount;
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if_freemulti(ifma);
|
|
|
|
error = ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
goto free_llsa_out;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma,
|
|
|
|
ifma_link);
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma->ifma_refcount++;
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_llifma = ll_ifma;
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-08 13:20:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
* We now have a new multicast address, ifma, and possibly a new or
|
|
|
|
* referenced link layer address. Add the primary address to the
|
|
|
|
* ifnet address list.
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-02-06 10:12:15 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-07-02 08:23:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (retifma != NULL)
|
|
|
|
*retifma = ifma;
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Must generate the message while holding the lock so that 'ifma'
|
|
|
|
* pointer is still valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_NEWMADDR, ifma);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We are certain we have added something, so call down to the
|
|
|
|
* interface to let them know about it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-07-19 10:12:58 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
(void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCADDMULTI, 0);
|
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (llsa != NULL)
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
free(llsa, M_IFMADDR);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_llsa_out:
|
|
|
|
if (llsa != NULL)
|
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
|
|
|
free(llsa, M_IFMADDR);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
unlock_out:
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* Delete a multicast group membership by network-layer group address.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Returns ENOENT if the entry could not be found. If ifp no longer
|
|
|
|
* exists, results are undefined. This entry point should only be used
|
|
|
|
* from subsystems which do appropriate locking to hold ifp for the
|
|
|
|
* duration of the call.
|
|
|
|
* Network-layer protocol domains must use if_delmulti_ifma().
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if_delmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa)
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
|
|
|
|
int lastref;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INVARIANTS
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *oifp;
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp == oifp)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != oifp)
|
|
|
|
ifp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(ifp != NULL, ("%s: ifnet went away", __func__));
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (ifp == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
lastref = 0;
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifma != NULL)
|
|
|
|
lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0);
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifma == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (ENOENT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
(void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0);
|
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Delete a multicast group membership by group membership pointer.
|
|
|
|
* Network-layer protocol domains must use this routine.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* It is safe to call this routine if the ifp disappeared. Callers should
|
|
|
|
* hold IFF_LOCKGIANT() to avoid a LOR in case the hardware needs to be
|
|
|
|
* reconfigured.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_delmulti_ifma(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma)
|
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
|
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
int lastref;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
|
|
|
|
if (ifp == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
printf("%s: ifma_ifp seems to be detached\n", __func__);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *oifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RLOCK();
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp == oifp)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != oifp) {
|
|
|
|
printf("%s: ifnet %p disappeared\n", __func__, ifp);
|
|
|
|
ifp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If and only if the ifnet instance exists: Acquire the address lock.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL)
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If and only if the ifnet instance exists:
|
|
|
|
* Release the address lock.
|
|
|
|
* If the group was left: update the hardware hash filter.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
(void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0);
|
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Perform deletion of network-layer and/or link-layer multicast address.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Return 0 if the reference count was decremented.
|
|
|
|
* Return 1 if the final reference was released, indicating that the
|
|
|
|
* hardware hash filter should be reprogrammed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, int detaching)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifmultiaddr *ll_ifma;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL && ifma->ifma_ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_ifp == ifp,
|
|
|
|
("%s: inconsistent ifp %p", __func__, ifp));
|
|
|
|
IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp;
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* If the ifnet is detaching, null out references to ifnet,
|
|
|
|
* so that upper protocol layers will notice, and not attempt
|
2007-03-27 16:11:28 +00:00
|
|
|
* to obtain locks for an ifnet which no longer exists. The
|
|
|
|
* routing socket announcement must happen before the ifnet
|
|
|
|
* instance is detached from the system.
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (detaching) {
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
|
|
|
|
printf("%s: detaching ifnet instance %p\n", __func__, ifp);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-03-27 16:11:28 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* ifp may already be nulled out if we are being reentered
|
|
|
|
* to delete the ll_ifma.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_DELMADDR, ifma);
|
|
|
|
ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
if (--ifma->ifma_refcount > 0)
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If this ifma is a network-layer ifma, a link-layer ifma may
|
|
|
|
* have been associated with it. Release it first if so.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma = ifma->ifma_llifma;
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ll_ifma != NULL) {
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL,
|
|
|
|
("%s: llifma w/o lladdr", __func__));
|
|
|
|
if (detaching)
|
|
|
|
ll_ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL; /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
if (--ll_ifma->ifma_refcount == 0) {
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma,
|
|
|
|
ifma_link);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
if_freemulti(ll_ifma);
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL)
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_freemulti(ifma);
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* The last reference to this instance of struct ifmultiaddr
|
|
|
|
* was released; the hardware should be notified of this change.
|
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
|
|
|
return 1;
|
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set the link layer address on an interface.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* At this time we only support certain types of interfaces,
|
|
|
|
* and we don't allow the length of the address to change.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_setlladdr(struct ifnet *ifp, const u_char *lladdr, int len)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
2002-04-10 06:07:16 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifreq ifr;
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa = ifp->if_addr;
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr;
|
|
|
|
if (sdl == NULL)
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
if (len != sdl->sdl_alen) /* don't allow length to change */
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
switch (ifp->if_type) {
|
2005-11-11 07:36:14 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_ETHER:
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_FDDI:
|
|
|
|
case IFT_XETHER:
|
|
|
|
case IFT_ISO88025:
|
2001-04-04 15:10:58 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_L2VLAN:
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_BRIDGE:
|
2003-01-24 01:32:20 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_ARCNET:
|
2007-04-10 00:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
case IFT_IEEE8023ADLAG:
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(lladdr, LLADDR(sdl), len);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
return (ENODEV);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If the interface is already up, we need
|
|
|
|
* to re-init it in order to reprogram its
|
|
|
|
* address filter.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) != 0) {
|
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_ioctl) {
|
|
|
|
IFF_LOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_UP;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
|
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
|
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
|
|
|
|
IFF_UNLOCKGIANT(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2002-02-18 22:50:13 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Also send gratuitous ARPs to notify other nodes about
|
|
|
|
* the address change.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
|
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET)
|
2002-02-26 01:11:08 +00:00
|
|
|
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
|
2002-02-18 22:50:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The name argument must be a pointer to storage which will last as
|
|
|
|
* long as the interface does. For physical devices, the result of
|
|
|
|
* device_get_name(dev) is a good choice and for pseudo-devices a
|
|
|
|
* static string works well.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_initname(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *name, int unit)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_dname = name;
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_dunit = unit;
|
|
|
|
if (unit != IF_DUNIT_NONE)
|
|
|
|
snprintf(ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ, "%s%d", name, unit);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, name, IFNAMSIZ);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_printf(struct ifnet *ifp, const char * fmt, ...)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
va_list ap;
|
|
|
|
int retval;
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
retval = printf("%s: ", ifp->if_xname);
|
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
|
|
|
va_start(ap, fmt);
|
|
|
|
retval += vprintf(fmt, ap);
|
|
|
|
va_end(ap);
|
|
|
|
return (retval);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* When an interface is marked IFF_NEEDSGIANT, its if_start() routine cannot
|
|
|
|
* be called without Giant. However, we often can't acquire the Giant lock
|
|
|
|
* at those points; instead, we run it via a task queue that holds Giant via
|
|
|
|
* if_start_deferred.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXXRW: We need to make sure that the ifnet isn't fully detached until any
|
|
|
|
* outstanding if_start_deferred() tasks that will run after the free. This
|
|
|
|
* probably means waiting in if_detach().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_start(struct ifnet *ifp)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-27 11:59:57 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_NEEDSGIANT) {
|
2004-11-23 23:31:33 +00:00
|
|
|
if (mtx_owned(&Giant))
|
|
|
|
(*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp);
|
|
|
|
else
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
taskqueue_enqueue(taskqueue_swi_giant,
|
|
|
|
&ifp->if_starttask);
|
2004-11-23 23:31:33 +00:00
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
(*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp);
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
if_start_deferred(void *context, int pending)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GIANT_REQUIRED;
|
|
|
|
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp = context;
|
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
|
|
|
(ifp->if_start)(ifp);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-30 09:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
int
|
|
|
|
if_handoff(struct ifqueue *ifq, struct mbuf *m, struct ifnet *ifp, int adjust)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int active = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IF_LOCK(ifq);
|
|
|
|
if (_IF_QFULL(ifq)) {
|
|
|
|
_IF_DROP(ifq);
|
|
|
|
IF_UNLOCK(ifq);
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_obytes += m->m_pkthdr.len + adjust;
|
|
|
|
if (m->m_flags & (M_BCAST|M_MCAST))
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_omcasts++;
|
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE,
and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making
and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the
device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields
will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as
though they were stored in the same variable.
Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user
applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the
old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to
help device driver writers adopt the new model.
When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls
or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags
cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently
required to handle this case.
Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such
as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags.
With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are
closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely
never triggered.
Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line
review they gave this patch.
Reviewed by: pjd, bz
MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
|
|
|
active = ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_OACTIVE;
|
2004-10-30 09:39:13 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
_IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m);
|
|
|
|
IF_UNLOCK(ifq);
|
|
|
|
if (ifp != NULL && !active)
|
|
|
|
if_start(ifp);
|
|
|
|
return (1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_register_com_alloc(u_char type,
|
|
|
|
if_com_alloc_t *a, if_com_free_t *f)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] == NULL,
|
|
|
|
("if_register_com_alloc: %d already registered", type));
|
|
|
|
KASSERT(if_com_free[type] == NULL,
|
|
|
|
("if_register_com_alloc: %d free already registered", type));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if_com_alloc[type] = a;
|
|
|
|
if_com_free[type] = f;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
if_deregister_com_alloc(u_char type)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
2006-06-11 22:09:28 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] != NULL,
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d not registered", type));
|
2006-06-11 22:09:28 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(if_com_free[type] != NULL,
|
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
|
|
|
("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d free not registered", type));
|
|
|
|
if_com_alloc[type] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if_com_free[type] = NULL;
|
|
|
|
}
|